Highway¶
Package: simu5g.simulations.lte.cars
network Highway
Two eNodeB cells on a shared EPC PgwStandard, joined by an X2 link, with a router and a server behind the core. The cars are LteCar nodes created at run time by the VeinsInetManager from a SUMO road traffic simulation, so the car[] vector is empty in the topology itself.
Usage diagram¶
Parameters¶
Name |
Type |
Default value |
Description |
|---|---|---|---|
playgroundSizeX |
double |
X size of the area the nodes are in (in meters) |
|
playgroundSizeY |
double |
Y size of the area the nodes are in (in meters) |
|
playgroundSizeZ |
double |
Z size of the area the nodes are in (in meters) |
Properties¶
Name |
Value |
Description |
|---|---|---|
display |
bgb=732,483 |
Unassigned submodule parameters¶
Name |
Type |
Default value |
Description |
|---|---|---|---|
routingRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
routingRecorder ↗.enabled |
bool |
true |
|
routingRecorder ↗.logfile |
string |
“${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}.rt” |
|
configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
configurator ↗.minLinkWeight |
double |
1E-3 |
|
configurator ↗.configureIsolatedNetworksSeparatly |
bool |
false |
|
configurator ↗.config |
xml |
xml(“<config><interface hosts=’**’ address=’10.x.x.x’ netmask=’255.x.x.x’/></config>”) |
XML configuration parameters for IP address assignment and adding manual routes |
configurator ↗.assignAddresses |
bool |
true |
Assign IP addresses to all interfaces in the network |
configurator ↗.assignUniqueAddresses |
bool |
true |
Avoid using the same address and raise an error if not possible |
configurator ↗.assignDisjunctSubnetAddresses |
bool |
true |
Avoid using the same address prefix and netmask on different links when assigning IP addresses to interfaces |
configurator ↗.addStaticRoutes |
bool |
true |
Add static routes to the routing tables of all nodes to route to all destination interfaces (only where applicable; turn off when config file contains manual routes) |
configurator ↗.addDefaultRoutes |
bool |
true |
Add default routes if all routes from a source node go through the same gateway (used only if addStaticRoutes is true) |
configurator ↗.addSubnetRoutes |
bool |
true |
Add subnet routes instead of destination interface routes (only where applicable; used only if addStaticRoutes is true) |
configurator ↗.addDirectRoutes |
bool |
true |
Add direct routes towards local network members (i.e. directly connected interfaces) to the routing table (used only if addStaticRoutes is true) |
configurator ↗.addRemoteRoutes |
bool |
true |
Add routes towards remote (non-directly-connected) destinations via a gateway (used only if addStaticRoutes is true) |
configurator ↗.optimizeRoutes |
bool |
true |
Optimize routing tables by merging routes, the resulting routing table might route more packets than the original (used only if addStaticRoutes is true) |
configurator ↗.addManualRoutes |
bool |
true |
Add manual routes from the XML configuration; independent of addStaticRoutes |
configurator ↗.updateRoutes |
bool |
false |
Recalculate static routes if an interface goes down/up or a carrier is lost/back |
configurator ↗.dumpTopology |
bool |
false |
Print extracted network topology to the module output |
configurator ↗.dumpLinks |
bool |
false |
Print recognized network links to the module output |
configurator ↗.dumpAddresses |
bool |
false |
Print assigned IP addresses for all interfaces to the module output |
configurator ↗.dumpRoutes |
bool |
false |
Print configured and optimized routing tables for all nodes to the module output |
configurator ↗.dumpConfig |
string |
“” |
Write configuration into the given config file that can be fed back to speed up subsequent runs (network configurations) |
channelControl.pMax |
double |
20mW |
Maximum sending power used for this network (in mW) |
channelControl.sat |
double |
-110dBm |
Signal attenuation threshold (in dBm) |
channelControl.alpha |
double |
2 |
Path loss coefficient |
channelControl.carrierFrequency |
double |
2.4GHz |
Base carrier frequency of all the channels (in Hz) |
channelControl.numChannels |
int |
1 |
Number of radio channels (frequencies) |
binder.blerShift |
int |
0 |
|
binder.maxDataRatePerRb |
double |
1.16Mbps |
|
binder.printTrafficGeneratorConfig |
bool |
false |
|
d2dBinder.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
coreControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
coreControl.bearerConfiguratorModule |
string |
“bearerConfigurator” |
|
bearerConfigurator.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
bearerConfigurator.staticDrbs |
object |
[] |
JSON array: [{coreNetwork, ue, drbId, profile, mappedQfis, filters, lcg, rlcMode, legs, isDefault, suppressSdapHeader, rohc, gbr, packetDelayBudget, packetErrorRate, qosPriorityLevel}, …]; see banner comment for details |
bearerConfigurator.onDemandDrbs |
object |
[ // JSON array, staticDrbs schema minus “drbId” (and “ue” optional): bearers created when traffic first matches them; the default value lets both stack kinds run unauthored; see banner comment for details {coreNetwork: “epc”, filters: [“VoIP*”], lcg: 0, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “epc”, filters: [“gaming*”], lcg: 2, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “epc”, filters: [“VoDPacket*”, “VoDFinishPacket*”], lcg: 1, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “epc”, isDefault: true, lcg: 3, rlcMode: “UM”}, {coreNetwork: “5gc”, isDefault: true, suppressSdapHeader: true, lcg: 3, rlcMode: “UM”} ] |
|
bearerConfigurator.drbProfiles |
object |
{} |
JSON map of named field groups referenced by the staticDrbs entries’ “profile” field, e.g. {voice: {rlcMode: “UM”, gbr: true, …}, …}; see banner comment |
bearerConfigurator.dlQfiRules |
object |
[{dscpAsQfi: true}] |
JSON array of downlink QFI-assignment rules [{node, filter, qfi|dscpAsQfi}, …], delivered to the traffic flow filters at core-network tunnel entries; first match wins per site |
bearerConfigurator.ulQfiRules |
object |
[] |
JSON array of uplink QFI-assignment rules [{ue, filter, qfi|dscpAsQfi}, …], delivered to the UEs’ QoS-flow classifiers; [] = classify nothing |
bearerConfigurator.amPerThreshold |
double |
1e-4 |
rlcMode derivation: a definition whose QoS profile has packetErrorRate <= this gets “AM”, else “UM” |
bearerConfigurator.lcgPriorityBounds |
object |
[25, 50, 75] |
Lcg derivation: qosPriorityLevel < bounds[k] -> LCG k, else LCG 3; strictly ascending, one bound between each pair of adjacent LCGs |
bearerConfigurator.rohcForDrbProfiles |
object |
[“5qi-1”, “qci-1”] |
Header compression policy: definitions naming one of these profiles get “rohc: true” unless they state rohc themselves, on IP sessions; default: the voice bearers |
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.carrierFrequency |
double |
2GHz |
Carrier Frequency (GHz) |
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.numBands |
int |
6 |
Number of bands for this channel |
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.numerologyIndex |
int |
0 |
Numerology index |
bool |
false |
TDD slot format index values in the range [0,61], according to 3GPP TS38.213 THIS IS TO BE DONE int tddSlotFormatIndex = default(-1); // -1 stands for FDD |
|
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.tddNumSymbolsDl |
int |
7 |
|
carrierAggregation.componentCarrier.tddNumSymbolsUl |
int |
7 |
|
string |
“{stateStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“UP” |
Initial status of the network node |
|
server ↗.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.environment ↗.initStage |
int |
0 |
Initialization stage for the setup command |
server ↗.environment ↗.globalNamespace |
bool |
false |
Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only) |
server ↗.environment ↗.namespace |
string |
“” |
Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only) |
server ↗.environment ↗.setupCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
server ↗.environment ↗.teardownCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns |
string |
“wlan[*] eth[*] ppp[*]” |
Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
server ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
server ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInterfaces} interfaces” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses |
bool |
false |
Whether to display IP addresses on links |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
server ↗.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol |
bool |
false |
FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules |
server ↗.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
server ↗.ethernet ↗.fcsMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
server ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime |
double |
-1s |
Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished |
server ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout |
double |
2s |
Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
server ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
4470B |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
server ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
bool |
true |
Selects between active and passive scanning |
|
string |
“” |
List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels |
|
double |
100ms |
Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning |
|
double |
150ms |
Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning |
|
double |
300ms |
Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the authentication procedure |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the association procedure |
|
double |
-1s |
Agent starting time. |
|
string |
“” |
List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1 |
Number of channels to scan |
|
string |
|||
string |
The path to the MAC module |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.^.ackHandler” |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.ackHandler” |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit |
double |
-1s |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold |
int |
-1 |
Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked) |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold |
int |
-1 |
The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked). |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize |
int |
4065 |
-1 means infinity |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck |
bool |
true |
Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode). |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold |
int |
5 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength |
int |
1000B |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
server ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“{rxStatus}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“{txFramePrefix}{txState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
server ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
server ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
server ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1500B |
||
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
server ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “” |
||
string |
“copy” |
||
int |
-1 |
||
bool |
vlanId != -1 |
||
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“configurator” |
The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module) |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{routingTableStatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId |
string |
“auto” |
For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes |
string |
“*” |
Maintain netmask routes for interfaces |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
true |
Turns IP forwarding on/off |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
Turns multicast forwarding on/off |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile |
string |
“” |
Routing table file name |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numNatEntries} entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule |
string |
“^.ip” |
|
server ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config |
xml |
xml(“<config></config>”) |
XML configuration parameters for network address translation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
2 |
IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss |
|
double |
125s |
||
double |
10s |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2) |
||
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
1s |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
10s |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
8B |
Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“{ipv4StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
double |
60s |
||
bool |
false |
Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer |
|
string |
“” |
List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces) |
|
bool |
false |
Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets |
|
bool |
false |
When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header |
|
double |
-1s |
Packets older than the limit are discarded |
|
string |
“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
double |
1s |
Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
int |
3 |
Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
double |
120s |
Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out |
|
string |
“*” |
List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default) |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“^.ip” |
||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer) |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“” |
The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes |
xml |
xml(“<routingTable/>”) |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
false |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter |
bool |
this.forwarding |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag |
bool |
false |
“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag |
bool |
false |
“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu |
int |
1280 |
MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include) |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit |
int |
30 |
Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified) |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime |
double |
-1s |
Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval) |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
string |
“” |
Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module |
string |
||
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module |
string |
||
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
200s |
RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval) |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
600s |
RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime |
double |
3600s |
advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits |
int |
1 |
RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD) |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad |
bool |
false |
RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement |
bool |
true |
if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements) |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer |
double |
1s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime |
double |
30s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0s, 0.3s) |
random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit |
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0.4s, 1s) |
random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address |
string |
“{ipv6StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
double |
0s |
||
bool |
true |
RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm. |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
bool |
|||
bool |
|||
double |
3600s |
max binding lifetime for HA registration |
|
double |
420s |
max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization) |
|
bool |
true |
whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module |
||
bool |
false |
(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically) |
|
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with |
|
xml |
xml(“<mobileNodes/>”) |
MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface) |
|
double |
3600s |
lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates |
|
double |
3600s |
MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
server ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime |
double |
1800s |
MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled |
|
bool |
true |
when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above) |
|
double |
10s |
host: delay before the repeated Report after a join |
|
int |
2 |
loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below |
|
double |
125s |
querier: interval between periodic General Queries |
|
double |
10s |
querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query |
|
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV) |
|
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV) |
|
double |
1s |
querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV) |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
14 * this.mss |
In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size) |
|
bool |
false |
Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
true |
Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl) |
|
bool |
false |
Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
bool |
false |
Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
-1 |
Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits) |
|
bool |
false |
Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
536 |
Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122. |
|
int |
120s |
Maximum Segment Lifetime |
|
string |
“TcpReno” |
||
int |
3 |
Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing |
|
int |
0xFFFFFFFF |
Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit… |
|
double |
0s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
bool |
false |
True if willing to use ECN |
|
double |
0.0625 |
A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2) |
|
bool |
false |
Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled |
|
double |
600s |
Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3) |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
3 |
||
double |
3s |
||
double |
1s |
||
double |
60s |
||
double |
0.125 |
||
double |
0.250 |
||
int |
4 |
||
string |
“maxBurst” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
int |
5 |
||
int |
8 |
||
double |
200ms |
||
int |
2 |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
||
double |
10s |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
30s |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
1468 |
||
int |
1452 |
Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment |
|
bool |
true |
||
string |
“SctpAlg” |
||
int |
0 |
RFC4960=0 |
|
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks |
|
int |
0 |
ROUND_ROBIN=0 |
|
int |
65535 |
||
int |
3000 |
Limit for SWS |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
bool |
false |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
double |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“0” |
SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154 |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
100000000 |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
1.0s |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“none” |
||
double |
0.5 |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
2.0 |
||
string |
“standard” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“off” |
CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf |
|
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
1 |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Set by StandardHost. |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“NewReno” |
Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No). |
|
server ↗.quic ↗.accurateIncreaseInNewRenoCongestionAvoidance |
bool |
true |
For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd. |
int |
64MB |
Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes. |
|
double |
.4 |
Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit. |
|
int |
15MB |
Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
int |
6MB |
Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxData |
Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxStreamData |
Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet. |
|
int |
2 |
Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU. |
|
int |
65535B |
With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value. |
|
int |
0 |
Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU). |
|
int |
3 |
Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD. |
|
string |
“OptBinary” |
Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump). |
|
bool |
false |
Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay. |
|
int |
0 |
If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets. |
|
bool |
true |
If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU. |
|
int |
2 |
Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU. |
|
double |
-1s |
Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, … |
|
double |
0s |
Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
3 |
If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead. |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“{stateStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“UP” |
Initial status of the network node |
|
router ↗.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.environment ↗.initStage |
int |
0 |
Initialization stage for the setup command |
router ↗.environment ↗.globalNamespace |
bool |
false |
Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only) |
router ↗.environment ↗.namespace |
string |
“” |
Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only) |
router ↗.environment ↗.setupCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
router ↗.environment ↗.teardownCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns |
string |
“wlan[*] eth[*] ppp[*]” |
Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
router ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
router ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInterfaces} interfaces” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses |
bool |
false |
Whether to display IP addresses on links |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
router ↗.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol |
bool |
false |
FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules |
router ↗.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
router ↗.ethernet ↗.fcsMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
router ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime |
double |
-1s |
Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished |
router ↗.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout |
double |
2s |
Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
router ↗.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
4470B |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
router ↗.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
bool |
true |
Selects between active and passive scanning |
|
string |
“” |
List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels |
|
double |
100ms |
Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning |
|
double |
150ms |
Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning |
|
double |
300ms |
Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the authentication procedure |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the association procedure |
|
double |
-1s |
Agent starting time. |
|
string |
“” |
List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1 |
Number of channels to scan |
|
string |
|||
string |
The path to the MAC module |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.^.ackHandler” |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.ackHandler” |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit |
double |
-1s |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold |
int |
-1 |
Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked) |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold |
int |
-1 |
The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked). |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize |
int |
4065 |
-1 means infinity |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck |
bool |
true |
Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode). |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold |
int |
5 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength |
int |
1000B |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
router ↗.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“{rxStatus}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“{txFramePrefix}{txState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
router ↗.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
router ↗.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
router ↗.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1500B |
||
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
router ↗.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “” |
||
string |
“copy” |
||
int |
-1 |
||
bool |
vlanId != -1 |
||
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“configurator” |
The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module) |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{routingTableStatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId |
string |
“auto” |
For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes |
string |
“*” |
Maintain netmask routes for interfaces |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
true |
Turns IP forwarding on/off |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
Turns multicast forwarding on/off |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile |
string |
“” |
Routing table file name |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numNatEntries} entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule |
string |
“^.ip” |
|
router ↗.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config |
xml |
xml(“<config></config>”) |
XML configuration parameters for network address translation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
2 |
IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss |
|
double |
125s |
||
double |
10s |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2) |
||
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
1s |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
10s |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
8B |
Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“{ipv4StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
double |
60s |
||
bool |
false |
Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer |
|
string |
“” |
List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces) |
|
bool |
false |
Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets |
|
bool |
false |
When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header |
|
double |
-1s |
Packets older than the limit are discarded |
|
string |
“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
double |
1s |
Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
int |
3 |
Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
double |
120s |
Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out |
|
string |
“*” |
List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default) |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“^.ip” |
||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer) |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“” |
The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes |
xml |
xml(“<routingTable/>”) |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
false |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter |
bool |
this.forwarding |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag |
bool |
false |
“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag |
bool |
false |
“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu |
int |
1280 |
MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include) |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit |
int |
30 |
Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified) |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime |
double |
-1s |
Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval) |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
string |
“” |
Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module |
string |
||
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module |
string |
||
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
200s |
RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval) |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
600s |
RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime |
double |
3600s |
advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits |
int |
1 |
RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD) |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad |
bool |
false |
RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement |
bool |
true |
if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements) |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer |
double |
1s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime |
double |
30s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0s, 0.3s) |
random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit |
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0.4s, 1s) |
random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address |
string |
“{ipv6StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
double |
0s |
||
bool |
true |
RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm. |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
bool |
|||
bool |
|||
double |
3600s |
max binding lifetime for HA registration |
|
double |
420s |
max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization) |
|
bool |
true |
whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module |
||
bool |
false |
(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically) |
|
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with |
|
xml |
xml(“<mobileNodes/>”) |
MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface) |
|
double |
3600s |
lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates |
|
double |
3600s |
MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
router ↗.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime |
double |
1800s |
MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled |
|
bool |
true |
when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above) |
|
double |
10s |
host: delay before the repeated Report after a join |
|
int |
2 |
loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below |
|
double |
125s |
querier: interval between periodic General Queries |
|
double |
10s |
querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query |
|
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV) |
|
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV) |
|
double |
1s |
querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV) |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
14 * this.mss |
In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size) |
|
bool |
false |
Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
true |
Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl) |
|
bool |
false |
Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
bool |
false |
Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
-1 |
Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits) |
|
bool |
false |
Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
536 |
Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122. |
|
int |
120s |
Maximum Segment Lifetime |
|
string |
“TcpReno” |
||
int |
3 |
Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing |
|
int |
0xFFFFFFFF |
Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit… |
|
double |
0s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
bool |
false |
True if willing to use ECN |
|
double |
0.0625 |
A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2) |
|
bool |
false |
Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled |
|
double |
600s |
Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3) |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
3 |
||
double |
3s |
||
double |
1s |
||
double |
60s |
||
double |
0.125 |
||
double |
0.250 |
||
int |
4 |
||
string |
“maxBurst” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
int |
5 |
||
int |
8 |
||
double |
200ms |
||
int |
2 |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
||
double |
10s |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
30s |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
1468 |
||
int |
1452 |
Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment |
|
bool |
true |
||
string |
“SctpAlg” |
||
int |
0 |
RFC4960=0 |
|
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks |
|
int |
0 |
ROUND_ROBIN=0 |
|
int |
65535 |
||
int |
3000 |
Limit for SWS |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
bool |
false |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
double |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“0” |
SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154 |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
100000000 |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
1.0s |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“none” |
||
double |
0.5 |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
2.0 |
||
string |
“standard” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“off” |
CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf |
|
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
1 |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Set by StandardHost. |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“NewReno” |
Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No). |
|
router ↗.quic ↗.accurateIncreaseInNewRenoCongestionAvoidance |
bool |
true |
For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd. |
int |
64MB |
Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes. |
|
double |
.4 |
Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit. |
|
int |
15MB |
Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
int |
6MB |
Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxData |
Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxStreamData |
Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet. |
|
int |
2 |
Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU. |
|
int |
65535B |
With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value. |
|
int |
0 |
Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU). |
|
int |
3 |
Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD. |
|
string |
“OptBinary” |
Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump). |
|
bool |
false |
Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay. |
|
int |
0 |
If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets. |
|
bool |
true |
If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU. |
|
int |
2 |
Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU. |
|
double |
-1s |
Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, … |
|
double |
0s |
Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
3 |
If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead. |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
double |
0s |
Delay before starting OSPF |
|
xml |
xml(“<OSPFASConfig> \ <Router name=’**’ RFC1583Compatible=’true’> \ <BroadcastInterface ifName=’eth[*]’ areaID=’0.0.0.0’ interfaceOutputCost=’0’ /> \ <PointToPointInterface ifName=’ppp[*]’ areaID=’0.0.0.0’ interfaceOutputCost=’0’ /> \ </Router> </OSPFASConfig>”) |
xml containing the full OSPF AS configuration |
|
int |
1 |
Priority in DR/BDR election (Specify 0 to exclude the router from the election) |
|
string |
“0.0.0.0” |
||
bool |
false |
If ‘false’, prune the set of routing table entries for the ASBR (RFC 3101) |
|
bool |
false |
Distribute the default route (if exists) using AS-External LSA |
|
int |
10s |
Specifies the time in seconds between hello packets that the other router sends on an interface |
|
int |
120s |
Specifies the length of time, in seconds, between OSPF packets that the router send before adjacency is established with a neighbor |
|
int |
40s |
The interval during which at least one hello packet must be received from a neighbor before the router declares that neighbor as down |
|
int |
5s |
The time between OSPF LSA retransmissions for adjacencies that belongs to the interface |
|
int |
1s |
The number of seconds required to transmit a link state update packet. Valid values are 1 to 65535 |
|
string |
“Active” |
NoOSPF: the interface is not advertised by OSPF |
|
int |
1e8bps |
Reference bandwidth for cost calculation |
|
int |
0 |
Cost of link on the interface (1-1000), 0 means use reference bandwidth |
|
int |
1 |
Cost of link (1-1000) |
|
string |
“Type2” |
Type1|Type2 |
|
string |
“0.0.0.0” |
||
int |
1 |
Cost of link (1-1000) for HostInterface and LoopbackInterface only |
|
string |
“NullType” |
||
string |
“0x00” |
0xnn..nn |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this BGP instance operates on (one instance serves one family) |
|
string |
“” |
the 4-octet BGP Identifier (RFC 4271/6286); required for IPv6, where there is no IPv4 router id to derive it from |
|
string |
parent.hasOspf ? “^.ospf” : “” |
||
double |
0s |
Delay before starting BGP |
|
double |
1s |
On a lifecycle restart (after a stop or crash), the delay before BGP comes back up when startupTime is 0s, so the node can bring its interfaces back up first |
|
double |
1s |
On graceful stop, delay before destroying BGP state so TCP can flush the session teardown (FIN) |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout for the lifecycle stop operation |
|
double |
120s |
ConnectRetryTimer interval (RFC 4271), applied to all sessions |
|
double |
180s |
Hold Time proposed in the OPEN message (RFC 4271); the effective hold time is negotiated to the minimum of the two peers |
|
double |
60s |
KeepAlive interval (RFC 4271), typically holdTime/3 |
|
xml |
|||
double |
1s |
Base delay before a router starts its sessions (staggers session startup; per-session offsets are added on top) |
|
double |
0.5s |
||
bool |
false |
Redistribute routes learned by RIP into BGP |
|
string |
“” |
Redistribute routes learned by OSPF into BGP (O IA E1 E2) |
|
bool |
false |
Redistribute BGP routes into OSPF (as external routes) |
|
bool |
false |
||
int |
100 |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
1 |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
xml |
xml(“<config><interface metric=’1’/></config>”) |
||
string |
“RIPv2” |
||
double |
uniform(0s,updateInterval) |
Delay before starting RIP |
|
double |
1s |
Delay before shutting down RIP |
|
double |
30s |
30s timer or update timer |
|
double |
180s |
Invalid timer |
|
double |
120s |
Garbage collection timer or flush timer |
|
double |
0s |
Hold-down timer (not defined in RFC). 0s means not active |
|
bool |
true |
Sending triggered updates on route changes |
|
double |
uniform(1s,5s) |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.pimInterfaceTableModule |
string |
||
router ↗.pim ↗.pimSplitter ↗.addressFamily |
string |
“ipv4” |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“ipv4” |
||
double |
3.5 * helloPeriod |
“The Hold Time in the Hello Message should be set to a value that can reasonably be expected to keep the Hello active until a new Hello message is received. On most links, this will be 3.5 times the value of Hello_Period.” |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this PIM-SM instance operates on |
|
string |
“” |
||
int |
-1 |
||
double |
3.5 * helloPeriod |
||
double |
60s |
Period between Join/Prune messages (called t_periodic in the RFC) |
|
router ↗.pim ↗.pimInterfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.pim ↗.pimInterfaceTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
router ↗.pim ↗.pimInterfaceTable ↗.pimConfig |
xml |
xml(“<config/>”) |
|
router ↗.pim ↗.pimNeighborTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“” |
Interface to listen on; can be left empty if there is only one non-loopback interface |
|
int |
Number of addresses to skip at the start of the network’s address range |
||
int |
Maximum number of clients (IPs) allowed to be leased |
||
string |
“” |
Gateway to assign, if empty use the interface address |
|
int |
Lease time in seconds |
||
double |
0s |
Application start time |
|
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpSplitter ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv4Pdm ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpInterfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv4NeighborTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv4TopologyTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpRtp ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpInterfaceTable6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv6Pdm ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv6NeighborTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpIpv6TopologyTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
router ↗.eigrp ↗.eigrpRtp6 ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“{stateStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“UP” |
Initial status of the network node |
|
pgw.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.environment ↗.initStage |
int |
0 |
Initialization stage for the setup command |
pgw.environment ↗.globalNamespace |
bool |
false |
Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only) |
pgw.environment ↗.namespace |
string |
“” |
Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only) |
pgw.environment ↗.setupCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
pgw.environment ↗.teardownCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns |
string |
“wlan[*] eth[*] ppp[*]” |
Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
pgw.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInterfaces} interfaces” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses |
bool |
false |
Whether to display IP addresses on links |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
pgw.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol |
bool |
false |
FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules |
pgw.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
pgw.ethernet ↗.fcsMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
pgw.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime |
double |
-1s |
Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished |
pgw.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout |
double |
2s |
Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
4470B |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
bool |
true |
Selects between active and passive scanning |
|
string |
“” |
List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels |
|
double |
100ms |
Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning |
|
double |
150ms |
Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning |
|
double |
300ms |
Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the authentication procedure |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the association procedure |
|
double |
-1s |
Agent starting time. |
|
string |
“” |
List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1 |
Number of channels to scan |
|
string |
|||
string |
The path to the MAC module |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.^.ackHandler” |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.ackHandler” |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit |
double |
-1s |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold |
int |
-1 |
Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked) |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold |
int |
-1 |
The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked). |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize |
int |
4065 |
-1 means infinity |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck |
bool |
true |
Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode). |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold |
int |
5 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength |
int |
1000B |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
pgw.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“{rxStatus}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“{txFramePrefix}{txState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1500B |
||
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “” |
||
string |
“copy” |
||
int |
-1 |
||
bool |
vlanId != -1 |
||
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“configurator” |
The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module) |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{routingTableStatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId |
string |
“auto” |
For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes |
string |
“*” |
Maintain netmask routes for interfaces |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
true |
Turns IP forwarding on/off |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
Turns multicast forwarding on/off |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile |
string |
“” |
Routing table file name |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numNatEntries} entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule |
string |
“^.ip” |
|
pgw.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config |
xml |
xml(“<config></config>”) |
XML configuration parameters for network address translation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
2 |
IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss |
|
double |
125s |
||
double |
10s |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2) |
||
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
1s |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
10s |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
8B |
Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“{ipv4StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
double |
60s |
||
bool |
false |
Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer |
|
string |
“” |
List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces) |
|
bool |
false |
Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets |
|
bool |
false |
When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header |
|
double |
-1s |
Packets older than the limit are discarded |
|
string |
“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
double |
1s |
Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
int |
3 |
Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
double |
120s |
Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out |
|
string |
“*” |
List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default) |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“^.ip” |
||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer) |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“” |
The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes |
xml |
xml(“<routingTable/>”) |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
false |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter |
bool |
this.forwarding |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag |
bool |
false |
“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag |
bool |
false |
“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu |
int |
1280 |
MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include) |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit |
int |
30 |
Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified) |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime |
double |
-1s |
Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval) |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
string |
“” |
Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module |
string |
||
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module |
string |
||
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
200s |
RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval) |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
600s |
RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime |
double |
3600s |
advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits |
int |
1 |
RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD) |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad |
bool |
false |
RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement |
bool |
true |
if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements) |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer |
double |
1s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime |
double |
30s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0s, 0.3s) |
random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit |
pgw.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0.4s, 1s) |
random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address |
string |
“{ipv6StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
double |
0s |
||
bool |
true |
RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm. |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
bool |
|||
bool |
|||
double |
3600s |
max binding lifetime for HA registration |
|
double |
420s |
max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization) |
|
bool |
true |
whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
pgw.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module |
||
bool |
false |
(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically) |
|
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with |
|
xml |
xml(“<mobileNodes/>”) |
MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface) |
|
double |
3600s |
lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates |
|
double |
3600s |
MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
double |
1800s |
MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled |
|
bool |
true |
when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above) |
|
double |
10s |
host: delay before the repeated Report after a join |
|
int |
2 |
loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below |
|
double |
125s |
querier: interval between periodic General Queries |
|
double |
10s |
querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query |
|
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV) |
|
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV) |
|
double |
1s |
querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV) |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
14 * this.mss |
In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size) |
|
bool |
false |
Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
true |
Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl) |
|
bool |
false |
Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
bool |
false |
Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
-1 |
Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits) |
|
bool |
false |
Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
536 |
Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122. |
|
int |
120s |
Maximum Segment Lifetime |
|
string |
“TcpReno” |
||
int |
3 |
Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing |
|
int |
0xFFFFFFFF |
Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit… |
|
double |
0s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
bool |
false |
True if willing to use ECN |
|
double |
0.0625 |
A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2) |
|
bool |
false |
Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled |
|
double |
600s |
Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3) |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
3 |
||
double |
3s |
||
double |
1s |
||
double |
60s |
||
double |
0.125 |
||
double |
0.250 |
||
int |
4 |
||
string |
“maxBurst” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
int |
5 |
||
int |
8 |
||
double |
200ms |
||
int |
2 |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
||
double |
10s |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
30s |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
1468 |
||
int |
1452 |
Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment |
|
bool |
true |
||
string |
“SctpAlg” |
||
int |
0 |
RFC4960=0 |
|
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks |
|
int |
0 |
ROUND_ROBIN=0 |
|
int |
65535 |
||
int |
3000 |
Limit for SWS |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
bool |
false |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
double |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“0” |
SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154 |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
100000000 |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
1.0s |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“none” |
||
double |
0.5 |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
2.0 |
||
string |
“standard” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“off” |
CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf |
|
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
1 |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Set by StandardHost. |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“NewReno” |
Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No). |
|
bool |
true |
For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd. |
|
int |
64MB |
Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes. |
|
double |
.4 |
Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit. |
|
int |
15MB |
Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
int |
6MB |
Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxData |
Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxStreamData |
Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet. |
|
int |
2 |
Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU. |
|
int |
65535B |
With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value. |
|
int |
0 |
Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU). |
|
int |
3 |
Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD. |
|
string |
“OptBinary” |
Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump). |
|
bool |
false |
Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay. |
|
int |
0 |
If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets. |
|
bool |
true |
If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU. |
|
int |
2 |
Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU. |
|
double |
-1s |
Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, … |
|
double |
0s |
Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
3 |
If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead. |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
pgw.dnPpp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
pgw.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
pgw.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding |
bool |
true |
|
string |
“binder” |
||
int |
31 |
||
int |
31 |
||
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
pgw.nodeControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
pgw.nodeControl.gtpUserModule |
string |
“^.relay.gtpUser” |
|
pgw.nodeControl.trafficFlowFilterModule |
string |
“^.relay.trafficFlowFilter” |
|
pgw.nodeControl.ethernetBridgeModule |
string |
“^.ethBridge.sessionMux” |
The node’s Ethernet session bridge (see EthernetSessionBridge), if it has one |
pgw.nodeControl.gateway |
string |
“” |
A MEC host UPF’s core network gateway, the anchor UPF whose sessions it serves; empty at an anchor |
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredPrefix |
string |
“” |
The prefix the N6 addresses of Unstructured sessions are allocated from, e.g. “2001:db8:5::/64” or “10.5.0.0/16”; empty = the node anchors no Unstructured session (see the main comment) |
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredServer |
string |
“” |
The application server the Unstructured sessions’ uplink goes to: a module path relative to the network, resolved in the family of unstructuredPrefix |
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredServerPort |
int |
-1 |
The UDP port of unstructuredServer the uplink goes to; must be set for Unstructured sessions |
pgw.nodeControl.unstructuredPort |
int |
-1 |
The UDP port the node receives the Unstructured sessions’ downlink on, and sends their uplink from; must be set for Unstructured sessions |
pgw.ndResponder.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
pgw.ndResponder.linkLocalAddress |
string |
“fe80::1” |
The router’s address on every session’s link |
pgw.ndResponder.routerLifetime |
double |
9000s |
Router Lifetime in the Router Advertisements (max 9000s, RFC 4861) |
pgw.ndResponder.curHopLimit |
int |
64 |
Cur Hop Limit in the Router Advertisements (0 = unspecified) |
pgw.ndResponder.checksumMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
eNodeB1.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInterfaces} interfaces” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses |
bool |
false |
Whether to display IP addresses on links |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.subjectModule |
string |
“^” |
The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule |
string |
“” |
The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive) |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX |
double |
inf m |
The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY |
double |
inf m |
The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ |
double |
inf m |
The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialX |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX) |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialY |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY) |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialZ |
double |
nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ)) |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialLatitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialLongitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialAltitude |
double |
0m |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialHeading |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialElevation |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initialBank |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string |
eNodeB1.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it |
double |
-1m/0 |
The minimum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
-1m/0 |
The minimum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
1m/0 |
The maximum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
1m/0 |
The maximum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
1s |
Interval for sending broadcast messages (used for handover or DAS) |
|
bool |
false |
Type of eNodeB (MICRO / MACRO) - valid only for eNodeBs |
|
int |
12 |
Number of sub-carriers per RB in DL |
|
int |
12 |
Number of sub-carriers per RB in UL |
|
int |
7 |
Number of OFDM symbols per slot in DL |
|
int |
7 |
Number of OFDM symbols per slot in UL |
|
int |
3 |
Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in DL |
|
int |
0 |
Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in UL |
|
int |
1 |
Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in DL |
|
int |
1 |
Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in UL |
|
int |
1 |
Number of preferred bands to use (relevant only in PREFERRED mode) |
|
string |
“binder” |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.rrc.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr |
bool |
false |
True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap |
bool |
false |
When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType |
string |
“” |
UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand |
bool |
true |
When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule |
string |
“d2dBinder” |
The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName |
string |
“cellular” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType |
string |
“” |
UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through |
double |
0s |
RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE) |
|
double |
0.1s |
RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize |
int |
-1B |
Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity” |
PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place. |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled |
bool |
false |
Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity” |
RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule |
string |
“^.registration” |
Module references for accessing other stack layers |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule |
string |
“^.drbTable” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule |
string |
“^.^.ip2nic” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
Attachment-ledger push target (UE only) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.pdcpMux” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.pdcpDcMux” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule |
string |
“^.d2dModeController” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.rlcMux” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.nrRlcMux” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule |
string |
“^.^.nrMac” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule |
string |
“^.^.sdap” |
Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule |
string |
“^.^.qosFlowClassifier” |
Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule |
string |
“bearerConfigurator” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule |
string |
“coreControl” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule |
string |
“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module |
string |
“^.^.^.gtpUserX2” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId |
int |
The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway |
string |
“” |
The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover |
bool |
false |
Allows handovers in the UE |
bool |
Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId |
int |
MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType |
string |
The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency |
double |
50ms |
Handover duration |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime |
double |
handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime |
double |
handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault |
bool |
true |
Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi |
double |
-99.0dB |
Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor |
double |
10 |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule |
string |
“^.^.dlFbGen” |
TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen” |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule |
string |
“” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector |
bool |
false |
True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod |
double |
1s |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule |
string |
“d2dBinder” |
The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.rrc.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.isNr |
bool |
false |
True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId |
int |
MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower |
double |
26dBm |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower |
double |
46dBm |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower |
double |
30dBm |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.txDirection |
string |
“OMNI” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.txAngle |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule |
string |
“^.channelModel[0]” |
Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.enableHandover |
bool |
false |
Marks this eNB as a handover target: its beacons are used by UEs for handover feasibility assessment. Requires enableBeacons=true (the default when handover is on); the module errors out at initialization if beacons are disabled while handover is enabled. |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.enableBeacons |
bool |
enableHandover |
Enables broadcasting periodic beacons (at cellInfo.beaconInterval). Beacons are the measurement signal UEs use both for handover feasibility assessment and for radio link monitoring (RLF detection), decoupled from enableHandover so radio link monitoring can run without handover. Defaults to enableHandover (beacons flow exactly when handover is enabled). cellInfo.beaconInterval must be positive: a zero/negative interval is an error – switch beacons off with enableBeacons=false. |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.phy.targetBler |
double |
0.001 |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule |
string |
“^.mac” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule |
string |
“^” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule |
string |
“^” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType |
string |
“PacketFlowObserverEnb” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.pdcpDcMux.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.rrc.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.x2Manager.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.x2Manager.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.compManager.compNodeType |
string |
“COMP_CLIENT” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.compManager.coordinatorId |
int |
ID of the coordinator node |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.compManager.clientList |
object |
[] |
Space-separated list of client node identifiers |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.compManager.coordinationPeriod |
double |
0.001s |
The time interval between two coordination events |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.compManager.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.handoverX2Forwarder.losslessHandover |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.subjectModule |
string |
“^” |
The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule |
string |
“” |
The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX |
double |
inf m |
The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY |
double |
inf m |
The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ |
double |
inf m |
The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialX |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialY |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialZ |
double |
nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ)) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLatitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLongitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialAltitude |
double |
0m |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialHeading |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialElevation |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialBank |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.computeAvgInterference |
bool |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate |
bool |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.useProbabilisticCqi |
bool |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.backgroundTrafficManagerModule |
string |
“^.^.manager” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeDl |
double |
-1s |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeUl |
double |
-1s |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.headerLen |
int |
33B |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.txPower |
double |
26dBm |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.fbPeriod |
int |
6tti |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodDl |
double |
uniform(10ms,50ms) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodUl |
double |
uniform(10ms,50ms) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeDl |
int |
intuniform(20B,100B) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeUl |
int |
intuniform(20B,100B) |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateDl |
double |
0.1 |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayDl |
double |
0.006s |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateUl |
double |
0.1 |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayUl |
double |
0.006s |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanDl |
double |
15 |
These values are only considered when periodicCqi == false && computeAvgInterference == false |
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanUl |
double |
15 |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevDl |
double |
0 |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevUl |
double |
0 |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.numBgUes |
int |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.phyModule |
string |
“^.^.phy” |
|
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate |
bool |
||
eNodeB1.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.computeAvgInterference |
bool |
||
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB1.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB1.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes |
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
int |
4470B |
||
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime |
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
eNodeB1.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout |
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“configurator” |
The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module) |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{routingTableStatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId |
string |
“auto” |
For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes |
string |
“*” |
Maintain netmask routes for interfaces |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
true |
Turns IP forwarding on/off |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
Turns multicast forwarding on/off |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile |
string |
“” |
Routing table file name |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numNatEntries} entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule |
string |
“^.ip” |
|
eNodeB1.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config |
xml |
xml(“<config></config>”) |
XML configuration parameters for network address translation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
2 |
IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss |
|
double |
125s |
||
double |
10s |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2) |
||
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
1s |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
10s |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
8B |
Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“{ipv4StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
double |
60s |
||
bool |
false |
Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer |
|
string |
“” |
List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces) |
|
bool |
false |
Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets |
|
bool |
false |
When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header |
|
double |
-1s |
Packets older than the limit are discarded |
|
string |
“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
double |
1s |
Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
int |
3 |
Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
double |
120s |
Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out |
|
string |
“*” |
List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default) |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“^.ip” |
||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer) |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“” |
The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes |
xml |
xml(“<routingTable/>”) |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter |
bool |
this.forwarding |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag |
bool |
false |
“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag |
bool |
false |
“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu |
int |
1280 |
MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include) |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit |
int |
30 |
Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified) |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime |
double |
-1s |
Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval) |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
string |
“” |
Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module |
string |
||
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module |
string |
||
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
200s |
RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval) |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
600s |
RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime |
double |
3600s |
advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits |
int |
1 |
RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD) |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad |
bool |
false |
RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement |
bool |
true |
if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements) |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer |
double |
1s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime |
double |
30s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0s, 0.3s) |
random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit |
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0.4s, 1s) |
random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address |
string |
“{ipv6StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
double |
0s |
||
bool |
true |
RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm. |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
bool |
|||
bool |
|||
double |
3600s |
max binding lifetime for HA registration |
|
double |
420s |
max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization) |
|
bool |
true |
whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module |
||
bool |
false |
(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically) |
|
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with |
|
xml |
xml(“<mobileNodes/>”) |
MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface) |
|
double |
3600s |
lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates |
|
double |
3600s |
MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
eNodeB1.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime |
double |
1800s |
MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled |
|
bool |
true |
when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above) |
|
double |
10s |
host: delay before the repeated Report after a join |
|
int |
2 |
loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below |
|
double |
125s |
querier: interval between periodic General Queries |
|
double |
10s |
querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query |
|
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV) |
|
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV) |
|
double |
1s |
querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV) |
|
string |
“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
14 * this.mss |
In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size) |
|
bool |
false |
Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
true |
Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl) |
|
bool |
false |
Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
bool |
false |
Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
-1 |
Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits) |
|
bool |
false |
Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
536 |
Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122. |
|
int |
120s |
Maximum Segment Lifetime |
|
string |
“TcpReno” |
||
int |
3 |
Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing |
|
int |
0xFFFFFFFF |
Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit… |
|
double |
0s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
bool |
false |
True if willing to use ECN |
|
double |
0.0625 |
A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2) |
|
bool |
false |
Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled |
|
double |
600s |
Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3) |
|
string |
“{socketState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Comma-separated list of addresses |
|
int |
0 |
Port number to listen on |
|
string |
Server address (may be symbolic) |
||
int |
5000 |
Port number to connect to |
|
double |
0s |
Time the first session begins |
|
int |
1 |
Number of requests sent per session |
|
int |
0 |
||
int |
1452 |
Length of a request (bytes) |
|
double |
0s |
Time gap between requests |
|
double |
0s |
Time to wait between the last message sent and abort |
|
double |
0s |
If the connection breaks, waits this much before trying to reconnect |
|
int |
17 |
||
int |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
Echoes received packages when true |
|
bool |
true |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
0 |
0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST |
|
double |
0 |
For PR-SCTP |
|
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
int |
5 |
NO_RESET=5, RESET_OUTGOING=6, RESET_INCOMING=7, RESET_BOTH=8, SSN_TSN=9 |
|
int |
0 |
||
double |
-1s |
Time of finishing sending, negative values mean forever |
|
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“binder” |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Comma-separated list of addresses |
|
int |
0 |
Port number to listen on |
|
bool |
false |
Echoes received packages when true |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
0 |
Number of requests sent per session |
|
int |
1 |
||
int |
1452 |
Length of a request (bytes) |
|
double |
0s |
Time gap between requests |
|
double |
0s |
Time to wait between last message sent and abort |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
17 |
||
int |
1 |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
0 |
0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST |
|
double |
0 |
For PR-SCTP |
|
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
int |
0 |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“binder” |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
3 |
||
double |
3s |
||
double |
1s |
||
double |
60s |
||
double |
0.125 |
||
double |
0.250 |
||
int |
4 |
||
string |
“maxBurst” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
int |
5 |
||
int |
8 |
||
double |
200ms |
||
int |
2 |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
||
double |
10s |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
30s |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
1468 |
||
int |
1452 |
Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment |
|
bool |
true |
||
string |
“SctpAlg” |
||
int |
0 |
RFC4960=0 |
|
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks |
|
int |
0 |
ROUND_ROBIN=0 |
|
int |
65535 |
||
int |
3000 |
Limit for SWS |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
bool |
false |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
double |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“0” |
SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154 |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
100000000 |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
1.0s |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“none” |
||
double |
0.5 |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
2.0 |
||
string |
“standard” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“off” |
CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf |
|
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
1 |
||
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
eNodeB1.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB1.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding |
bool |
true |
|
string |
“binder” |
||
int |
31 |
||
int |
31 |
||
string |
“binder” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
eNodeB2.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInterfaces} interfaces” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses |
bool |
false |
Whether to display IP addresses on links |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.subjectModule |
string |
“^” |
The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule |
string |
“” |
The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive) |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX |
double |
inf m |
The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY |
double |
inf m |
The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ |
double |
inf m |
The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialX |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX) |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialY |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY) |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialZ |
double |
nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ)) |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialLatitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialLongitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialAltitude |
double |
0m |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialHeading |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialElevation |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initialBank |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string |
eNodeB2.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it |
double |
-1m/0 |
The minimum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
-1m/0 |
The minimum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
1m/0 |
The maximum X-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
1m/0 |
The maximum Y-coordinate of the area constraint, unconstrained by default |
|
double |
1s |
Interval for sending broadcast messages (used for handover or DAS) |
|
bool |
false |
Type of eNodeB (MICRO / MACRO) - valid only for eNodeBs |
|
int |
12 |
Number of sub-carriers per RB in DL |
|
int |
12 |
Number of sub-carriers per RB in UL |
|
int |
7 |
Number of OFDM symbols per slot in DL |
|
int |
7 |
Number of OFDM symbols per slot in UL |
|
int |
3 |
Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in DL |
|
int |
0 |
Number of pilot Resource Elements per RB in UL |
|
int |
1 |
Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in DL |
|
int |
1 |
Number of signaling symbols for each Resource Block in UL |
|
int |
1 |
Number of preferred bands to use (relevant only in PREFERRED mode) |
|
string |
“binder” |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.rrc.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr |
bool |
false |
True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap |
bool |
false |
When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType |
string |
“” |
UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand |
bool |
true |
When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule |
string |
“d2dBinder” |
The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName |
string |
“cellular” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType |
string |
“” |
UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through |
double |
0s |
RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE) |
|
double |
0.1s |
RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize |
int |
-1B |
Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity” |
PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place. |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled |
bool |
false |
Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity” |
RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule |
string |
“^.registration” |
Module references for accessing other stack layers |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule |
string |
“^.drbTable” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule |
string |
“^.^.ip2nic” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
Attachment-ledger push target (UE only) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.pdcpMux” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.pdcpDcMux” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule |
string |
“^.d2dModeController” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.rlcMux” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.nrRlcMux” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule |
string |
“^.^.nrMac” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule |
string |
“^.^.sdap” |
Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule |
string |
“^.^.qosFlowClassifier” |
Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule |
string |
“bearerConfigurator” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule |
string |
“coreControl” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule |
string |
“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module |
string |
“^.^.^.gtpUserX2” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId |
int |
The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway |
string |
“” |
The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover |
bool |
false |
Allows handovers in the UE |
bool |
Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId |
int |
MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType |
string |
The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency |
double |
50ms |
Handover duration |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime |
double |
handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime |
double |
handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault |
bool |
true |
Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi |
double |
-99.0dB |
Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor |
double |
10 |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule |
string |
“^.^.dlFbGen” |
TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen” |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule |
string |
“” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector |
bool |
false |
True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod |
double |
1s |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule |
string |
“d2dBinder” |
The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.rrc.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.isNr |
bool |
false |
True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId |
int |
MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower |
double |
26dBm |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower |
double |
46dBm |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower |
double |
30dBm |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.txDirection |
string |
“OMNI” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.txAngle |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule |
string |
“^.channelModel[0]” |
Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.enableHandover |
bool |
false |
Marks this eNB as a handover target: its beacons are used by UEs for handover feasibility assessment. Requires enableBeacons=true (the default when handover is on); the module errors out at initialization if beacons are disabled while handover is enabled. |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.enableBeacons |
bool |
enableHandover |
Enables broadcasting periodic beacons (at cellInfo.beaconInterval). Beacons are the measurement signal UEs use both for handover feasibility assessment and for radio link monitoring (RLF detection), decoupled from enableHandover so radio link monitoring can run without handover. Defaults to enableHandover (beacons flow exactly when handover is enabled). cellInfo.beaconInterval must be positive: a zero/negative interval is an error – switch beacons off with enableBeacons=false. |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.phy.targetBler |
double |
0.001 |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule |
string |
“^.mac” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule |
string |
“^” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule |
string |
“^” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType |
string |
“PacketFlowObserverEnb” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.pdcpDcMux.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.rrc.bearerManagement” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.x2Manager.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.x2Manager.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.compManager.compNodeType |
string |
“COMP_CLIENT” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.compManager.coordinatorId |
int |
ID of the coordinator node |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.compManager.clientList |
object |
[] |
Space-separated list of client node identifiers |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.compManager.coordinationPeriod |
double |
0.001s |
The time interval between two coordination events |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.compManager.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.handoverX2Forwarder.losslessHandover |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.subjectModule |
string |
“^” |
The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule |
string |
“” |
The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX |
double |
inf m |
The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY |
double |
inf m |
The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ |
double |
inf m |
The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialX |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialY |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialZ |
double |
nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ)) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLatitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialLongitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialAltitude |
double |
0m |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialHeading |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialElevation |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initialBank |
double |
0deg |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.computeAvgInterference |
bool |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate |
bool |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.useProbabilisticCqi |
bool |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.backgroundTrafficManagerModule |
string |
“^.^.manager” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeDl |
double |
-1s |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.startTimeUl |
double |
-1s |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.headerLen |
int |
33B |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.txPower |
double |
26dBm |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.fbPeriod |
int |
6tti |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodDl |
double |
uniform(10ms,50ms) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.periodUl |
double |
uniform(10ms,50ms) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeDl |
int |
intuniform(20B,100B) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.packetSizeUl |
int |
intuniform(20B,100B) |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateDl |
double |
0.1 |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayDl |
double |
0.006s |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxRateUl |
double |
0.1 |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.rtxDelayUl |
double |
0.006s |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanDl |
double |
15 |
These values are only considered when periodicCqi == false && computeAvgInterference == false |
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiMeanUl |
double |
15 |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevDl |
double |
0 |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.bgUE.generator.cqiStddevUl |
double |
0 |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.numBgUes |
int |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.phyModule |
string |
“^.^.phy” |
|
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.enablePeriodicCqiUpdate |
bool |
||
eNodeB2.cellularNic.bgTrafficGenerator.manager.computeAvgInterference |
bool |
||
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB2.pppIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB2.x2ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.queue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.sendRawBytes |
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
int |
4470B |
||
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationExtraTime |
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
eNodeB2.pppMEHostIf ↗.ppp ↗.stopOperationTimeout |
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“configurator” |
The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module) |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{routingTableStatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId |
string |
“auto” |
For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes |
string |
“*” |
Maintain netmask routes for interfaces |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
true |
Turns IP forwarding on/off |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
Turns multicast forwarding on/off |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile |
string |
“” |
Routing table file name |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numNatEntries} entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule |
string |
“^.ip” |
|
eNodeB2.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config |
xml |
xml(“<config></config>”) |
XML configuration parameters for network address translation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
2 |
IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss |
|
double |
125s |
||
double |
10s |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2) |
||
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
1s |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
10s |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
8B |
Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“{ipv4StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
double |
60s |
||
bool |
false |
Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer |
|
string |
“” |
List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces) |
|
bool |
false |
Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets |
|
bool |
false |
When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header |
|
double |
-1s |
Packets older than the limit are discarded |
|
string |
“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
double |
1s |
Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
int |
3 |
Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
double |
120s |
Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out |
|
string |
“*” |
List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default) |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“^.ip” |
||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer) |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“” |
The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes |
xml |
xml(“<routingTable/>”) |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter |
bool |
this.forwarding |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag |
bool |
false |
“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag |
bool |
false |
“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu |
int |
1280 |
MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include) |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit |
int |
30 |
Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified) |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime |
double |
-1s |
Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval) |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
string |
“” |
Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module |
string |
||
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module |
string |
||
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
200s |
RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval) |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
600s |
RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime |
double |
3600s |
advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits |
int |
1 |
RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD) |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad |
bool |
false |
RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement |
bool |
true |
if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements) |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer |
double |
1s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime |
double |
30s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0s, 0.3s) |
random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit |
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0.4s, 1s) |
random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address |
string |
“{ipv6StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
double |
0s |
||
bool |
true |
RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm. |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
bool |
|||
bool |
|||
double |
3600s |
max binding lifetime for HA registration |
|
double |
420s |
max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization) |
|
bool |
true |
whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module |
||
bool |
false |
(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically) |
|
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with |
|
xml |
xml(“<mobileNodes/>”) |
MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface) |
|
double |
3600s |
lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates |
|
double |
3600s |
MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
eNodeB2.ipv6 ↗.pmipv6 ↗.homeNetworkPrefixAdvPreferredLifetime |
double |
1800s |
MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled |
|
bool |
true |
when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above) |
|
double |
10s |
host: delay before the repeated Report after a join |
|
int |
2 |
loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below |
|
double |
125s |
querier: interval between periodic General Queries |
|
double |
10s |
querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query |
|
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV) |
|
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV) |
|
double |
1s |
querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV) |
|
string |
“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
14 * this.mss |
In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size) |
|
bool |
false |
Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
true |
Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl) |
|
bool |
false |
Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
bool |
false |
Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
-1 |
Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits) |
|
bool |
false |
Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
536 |
Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122. |
|
int |
120s |
Maximum Segment Lifetime |
|
string |
“TcpReno” |
||
int |
3 |
Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing |
|
int |
0xFFFFFFFF |
Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit… |
|
double |
0s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
bool |
false |
True if willing to use ECN |
|
double |
0.0625 |
A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2) |
|
bool |
false |
Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled |
|
double |
600s |
Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3) |
|
string |
“{socketState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Comma-separated list of addresses |
|
int |
0 |
Port number to listen on |
|
string |
Server address (may be symbolic) |
||
int |
5000 |
Port number to connect to |
|
double |
0s |
Time the first session begins |
|
int |
1 |
Number of requests sent per session |
|
int |
0 |
||
int |
1452 |
Length of a request (bytes) |
|
double |
0s |
Time gap between requests |
|
double |
0s |
Time to wait between the last message sent and abort |
|
double |
0s |
If the connection breaks, waits this much before trying to reconnect |
|
int |
17 |
||
int |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
Echoes received packages when true |
|
bool |
true |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
0 |
0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST |
|
double |
0 |
For PR-SCTP |
|
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
int |
5 |
NO_RESET=5, RESET_OUTGOING=6, RESET_INCOMING=7, RESET_BOTH=8, SSN_TSN=9 |
|
int |
0 |
||
double |
-1s |
Time of finishing sending, negative values mean forever |
|
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“binder” |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Comma-separated list of addresses |
|
int |
0 |
Port number to listen on |
|
bool |
false |
Echoes received packages when true |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
0 |
Number of requests sent per session |
|
int |
1 |
||
int |
1452 |
Length of a request (bytes) |
|
double |
0s |
Time gap between requests |
|
double |
0s |
Time to wait between last message sent and abort |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
17 |
||
int |
1 |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
0 |
0=NONE, 1=PR_TTL, 2=PR_RTX, 3=PR_PRIO, 4=PR_STRRST |
|
double |
0 |
For PR-SCTP |
|
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
int |
0 |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“binder” |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
3 |
||
double |
3s |
||
double |
1s |
||
double |
60s |
||
double |
0.125 |
||
double |
0.250 |
||
int |
4 |
||
string |
“maxBurst” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
int |
5 |
||
int |
8 |
||
double |
200ms |
||
int |
2 |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
||
double |
10s |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
30s |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
1468 |
||
int |
1452 |
Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment |
|
bool |
true |
||
string |
“SctpAlg” |
||
int |
0 |
RFC4960=0 |
|
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks |
|
int |
0 |
ROUND_ROBIN=0 |
|
int |
65535 |
||
int |
3000 |
Limit for SWS |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
bool |
false |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
double |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“0” |
SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154 |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
100000000 |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
1.0s |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“none” |
||
double |
0.5 |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
2.0 |
||
string |
“standard” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“off” |
CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf |
|
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
1 |
||
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
eNodeB2.relay.trafficFlowFilter.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
eNodeB2.relay.trafficFlowFilter.fastForwarding |
bool |
true |
|
string |
“binder” |
||
int |
31 |
||
int |
31 |
||
string |
“binder” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
string |
“{stateStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“UP” |
Initial status of the network node |
|
car.mobility ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“p: {position}\nv: {velocity}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.mobility ↗.subjectModule |
string |
“^” |
The module path that determines the subject module, the motion of which this mobility model describes. The default value is the parent module |
car.mobility ↗.coordinateSystemModule |
string |
“” |
The module path of the geographic coordinate system module; optional, empty disables geographic conversion (and the {geo_position} directive) |
car.mobility ↗.updateDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update of the subject module’s position by modifying its display string |
car.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinX |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
car.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinY |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
car.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMinZ |
double |
-inf m |
The minimum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (negative infinity) |
car.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxX |
double |
inf m |
The maximum x position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
car.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxY |
double |
inf m |
The maximum y position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
car.mobility ↗.constraintAreaMaxZ |
double |
inf m |
The maximum z position of the constraint area. It is unconstrained by default (positive infinity) |
car.mobility ↗.initialX |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinX, this.constraintAreaMaxX) |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialY |
double |
uniform(this.constraintAreaMinY, this.constraintAreaMaxY) |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialZ |
double |
nanToZero(uniform(this.constraintAreaMinZ, this.constraintAreaMaxZ)) |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialLatitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialLongitude |
double |
nan deg |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialAltitude |
double |
0m |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialHeading |
double |
0deg |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialElevation |
double |
0deg |
|
car.mobility ↗.initialBank |
double |
0deg |
|
car.mobility ↗.initFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables one-time initialization from the subject module’s display string |
car.mobility ↗.updateFromDisplayString |
bool |
true |
Enables continuous update from the subject module’s display string for dragging and rotating it |
car.environment ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.environment ↗.initStage |
int |
0 |
Initialization stage for the setup command |
car.environment ↗.globalNamespace |
bool |
false |
Create new network namespaces under /var/run/netns/ (Linux only) |
car.environment ↗.namespace |
string |
“” |
Name of the host OS network namespace (optional) (Linux only) |
car.environment ↗.setupCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
car.environment ↗.teardownCommand |
string |
“” |
A host OS system command |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.moduleNamePatterns |
string |
“wlan[*] eth[*] ppp[*]” |
Space-separated list of sibling module names to listen on |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
car.interfaceTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInterfaces} interfaces” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.interfaceTable ↗.displayAddresses |
bool |
false |
Whether to display IP addresses on links |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
car.ethernet ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“passed up: {totalFromMAC}\nsent: {totalFromHigherLayer}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ethernet ↗.registerProtocol |
bool |
false |
FIXME //KLUDGE should redesign place of EthernetEncapsulation and LLC modules |
car.ethernet ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
car.ethernet ↗.fcsMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
car.ethernet ↗.stopOperationExtraTime |
double |
-1s |
Extra time after the lifecycle stop operation has finished |
car.ethernet ↗.stopOperationTimeout |
double |
2s |
Timeout value for the lifecycle stop operation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.lo ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“rcv:{numRcvdOK} snt:{numSent}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
4470B |
||
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.wlan ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“Address: {address}{ssidStr}\n{modeStr}{stationTypeStr}{qosStr}{associatedStr}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
bool |
true |
Selects between active and passive scanning |
|
string |
“” |
List of channel numbers to scan (space delimited); empty means all channels |
|
double |
100ms |
Delay before sending a probe request during active scanning |
|
double |
150ms |
Min interval to spend on a channel during active scanning |
|
double |
300ms |
Channel time for passive scanning, and max channel time for active scanning |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the authentication procedure |
|
double |
5s |
Timeout for the association procedure |
|
double |
-1s |
Agent starting time. |
|
string |
“” |
List of allowed SSIDs to connect to; leave empty for no filtering |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1 |
Number of channels to scan |
|
string |
|||
string |
The path to the MAC module |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.^.ackHandler” |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.channelAccess ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.dcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.packetCapacity |
int |
100 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dataCapacity |
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.dropperClass |
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.comparatorClass |
string |
“inet::ieee80211::MgmtOverDataComparator” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.pendingQueue ↗.bufferModule |
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numInProgress} packets” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.pendingQueueModule |
string |
“^.pendingQueue” |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.originatorMacDataServiceModule |
string |
“^.^.^.originatorMacDataService” |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.inProgressFrames ↗.ackHandlerModule |
string |
“^.ackHandler” |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{fsmState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.initialChannelBusy |
bool |
true |
Assume that the channel was busy before the simulation started |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.contention ↗.backoffOptimization |
bool |
true |
We can pretend the frame has arrived into the queue a little bit earlier, and maybe able to start transmitting immediately |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.ackHandler ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.txopProcedure ↗.txopLimit |
double |
-1s |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.edcaf ↗.recoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.collisionController ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.shortRetryLimit |
int |
7 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.edca ↗.mgmtAndNonQoSRecoveryProcedure ↗.longRetryLimit |
int |
4 |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.subframeNumThreshold |
int |
-1 |
Minimum number of subframes needed to compose an A-MSDU. (-1 means it won’t be checked) |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.aggregationLengthThreshold |
int |
-1 |
The minimum length for an aggregated payload necessary to create an A-MSDU (-1 means it won’t be checked). |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.maxAMsduSize |
int |
4065 |
-1 means infinity |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.msduAggregationPolicy ↗.qOsCheck |
bool |
true |
Turns on/off the check of the presence of the QoS flag (false means off – this is needed for aggregation in DCF mode). |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.mpduAggregationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorMacDataService ↗.fragmentationPolicy ↗.fragmentationThreshold |
int |
1500B |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.singleProtectionMechanism ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.multicastFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseBlockAckFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.responseCtsFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameBandwidth |
double |
nan Hz |
Unspecified by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.dataFrameNumSpatialStreams |
int |
-1 |
Unspecified by default |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.mgmtFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
Fastest |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rateSelection ↗.controlFrameBitrate |
double |
-1bps |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckReqThreshold |
int |
5 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.maxBlockAckPolicyFrameLength |
int |
1000B |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorAckPolicy ↗.ackTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientAckPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.ctsTimeout |
double |
-1s |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.rtsPolicy ↗.rtsThreshold |
int |
2346B |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rxModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.ctsPolicy ↗.rateSelectionModule |
string |
||
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.originatorBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.delayedAckPolicySupported |
bool |
false |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.aMsduSupported |
bool |
true |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.maximumAllowedBufferSize |
int |
64 |
|
car.wlan ↗.mac ↗.hcf ↗.recipientBlockAckAgreementPolicy ↗.blockAckTimeoutValue |
double |
0s |
0 means that it depends on the originator |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“{rxStatus}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“{txFramePrefix}{txState}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.ppp ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“contains %p pk (%l) pushed %u\npulled %o removed %r dropped %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
int |
10000 |
Maximum number of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
int |
-1b |
Maximum total length of packets in the queue, no limit by default |
|
string |
“inet::queueing::PacketAtCollectionEndDropper” |
Determines which packets are dropped when the queue is overloaded, packets are not dropped by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketDropperFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the order of packets in the queue, insertion order by default; the parameter must be the name of a C++ class which implements the IPacketComparatorFunction C++ interface and is registered via Register_Class |
|
string |
“” |
Relative module path to the IPacketBuffer module used by this queue, implicit buffer by default |
|
string |
“rate: %b\nsent: %s, rcvd: %r\nqueue: %q, drop: %d” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
bool |
false |
When true packets are serialized into a sequence of bytes before sending out |
|
int |
4470B |
||
double |
-1s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.eth ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.tun ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
int |
1500B |
||
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.virt ↗.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
vlanId != -1 ? “ieee8021qctag” : “” |
||
string |
“copy” |
||
int |
-1 |
||
bool |
vlanId != -1 |
||
car.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
car.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
car.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“configurator” |
The absolute path to the Ipv4NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
car.ipv4 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
Add routing entries to the routing table (uses the configurator module) |
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{routingTableStatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routerId |
string |
“auto” |
For routers, the router id using IPv4 address dotted |
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.netmaskRoutes |
string |
“*” |
Maintain netmask routes for interfaces |
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
true |
Turns IP forwarding on/off |
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
Turns multicast forwarding on/off |
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
car.ipv4 ↗.routingTable ↗.routingFile |
string |
“” |
Routing table file name |
car.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numNatEntries} entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.networkProtocolModule |
string |
“^.ip” |
|
car.ipv4 ↗.natTable ↗.config |
xml |
xml(“<config></config>”) |
XML configuration parameters for network address translation |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
2 |
IGMP is robust to (robustnessVariable-1) packet loss |
|
double |
125s |
||
double |
10s |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
||
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + (queryResponseInterval / 2) |
||
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
1s |
||
int |
robustnessVariable |
||
double |
10s |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
8B |
Number of bytes from original packet to quote in ICMP reply |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“{ipv4StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
32 |
||
int |
32 |
||
double |
60s |
||
bool |
false |
Send out limited broadcast packets coming from the higher layer |
|
string |
“” |
List of interfaces where direct broadcast is enabled (by default direct broadcast is disabled on all interfaces) |
|
bool |
false |
Enable using the multicast routing table for determining outgoing interfaces for local out packets |
|
bool |
false |
When enabled, IP inserts a timestamp option into the IP header |
|
double |
-1s |
Packets older than the limit are discarded |
|
string |
“size:{arpCacheSize} sent:{numRequestsSent}\nrepl:{numRepliesSent} fail:{numFailedResolutions}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
double |
1s |
Number of seconds ARP waits between retries to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
int |
3 |
Number of times ARP will attempt to resolve an IPv4 address |
|
double |
120s |
Number of seconds unused entries in the cache will time out |
|
string |
“*” |
List of interfaces that proxy ARP is enabled on (all interfaces by default) |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“^.ip” |
||
string |
“ipv4” |
address family this instance protects (set to “ipv6” in Ipv6NetworkLayer) |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
car.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
car.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.networkConfiguratorModule |
string |
“” |
The absolute path to the Ipv6NetworkConfigurator; use “” if there is no configurator |
car.ipv6 ↗.configurator ↗.configureRoutingTable |
bool |
true |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“{numRoutes} routes\n{numDestCache} destcache entries” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.routes |
xml |
xml(“<routingTable/>”) |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.forwarding |
bool |
false |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.isRouter |
bool |
this.forwarding |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.multicastForwarding |
bool |
false |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.useAdminDist |
bool |
false |
Use Cisco-like administrative distances |
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advManagedFlag |
bool |
false |
“Managed address configuration” (M) flag in RAs |
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advOtherConfigFlag |
bool |
false |
“Other configuration” (O) flag in RAs |
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advLinkMtu |
int |
1280 |
MTU option in RAs (1280 = IPv6 minimum MTU, 0 = don’t include) |
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advCurHopLimit |
int |
30 |
Cur Hop Limit field in RAs (0 = unspecified) |
car.ipv6 ↗.routingTable ↗.advDefaultLifetime |
double |
-1s |
Router Lifetime in RAs (-1 = auto: 3*maxRtrAdvInterval) |
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
string |
“” |
Path to the MLD module, or “” if MLD is not enabled; MLD messages are dropped when empty |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.checksumMode |
string |
“declared” |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.icmpv6Module |
string |
||
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.mipv6Module |
string |
||
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routingTableModule |
string |
||
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.minIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
200s |
RFC 4861: MinRtrAdvInterval (0.33 * MaxRtrAdvInterval) |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.maxIntervalBetweenRAs |
double |
600s |
RFC 4861: MaxRtrAdvInterval |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.advReachableTime |
double |
3600s |
advertised reachable time in RAs; hosts use it as base for NUD |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.dupAddrDetectTransmits |
int |
1 |
RFC 4862 Section 5.1: number of NS sent for DAD (0 = disable DAD) |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.optimisticDad |
bool |
false |
RFC 4429 Optimistic DAD: if true, an autoconfigured address may be used as a source address while DAD is still in progress; if false (RFC 4862), packets that would use it are deferred until DAD completes |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.detectL2Movement |
bool |
true |
if true (default), (re)start Router Discovery (send Router Solicitations) whenever an interface associates at the link layer (e.g. a wireless handover to a new access point); lets a mobile node detect movement and obtain a new care-of address immediately, instead of relying on frequent unsolicited Router Advertisements (cf. MIPv6 fast RAs). Set to false to restore the legacy behaviour (movement detected only from periodic Router Advertisements) |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.retransTimer |
double |
1s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: delay between retransmitted NS messages |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.baseReachableTime |
double |
30s |
RFC 4861 Section 10: base value for computing random ReachableTime |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.routerBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0s, 0.3s) |
random startup delay before a router assigns its link-local address; routers boot faster than hosts so that RAs are available by the time hosts solicit |
car.ipv6 ↗.neighbourDiscovery ↗.hostBootupTime |
double |
uniform(0.4s, 1s) |
random startup delay before a host assigns its link-local address |
string |
“{ipv6StatusText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
double |
0s |
||
bool |
true |
RFC 4861 Section 8.2: when a router forwards a packet back out the interface it arrived on, send the source an ICMPv6 Redirect. Disable on wireless multi-hop / ad-hoc networks (e.g. MANET routing), where the geographic next hop is not directly reachable by the source, so redirects are useless and trigger a storm. |
|
string |
“IN: ACCEPT: {inAccept} DROP: {inDrop} BYPASS: {inBypass}\n OUT: PROTECT: {outProtect} DROP: {outDrop} BYPASS: {outBypass}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
“^.spd” |
||
string |
“^.sad” |
||
xml |
|||
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <Protection> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EspMode> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <EncryptionAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
string |
“” |
If not “”: value to use where <defaultAuthenticationAlg> element is absent from the configuration |
|
int |
0 |
Value to use where <MaxTfcPadLength> element is absent from the configuration |
|
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
double |
0.0s |
||
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“entries: {numEntries}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
|||
bool |
|||
bool |
|||
double |
3600s |
max binding lifetime for HA registration |
|
double |
420s |
max binding lifetime for CN (route optimization) |
|
bool |
true |
whether a mobile node route-optimizes with correspondent nodes (RFC 3775); if false, their traffic always uses the bidirectional home-agent tunnel |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
car.ipv6 ↗.bindingCache ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6NeighbourDiscovery module |
||
bool |
false |
(the IPv6 routing table is resolved automatically) |
|
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
MAG: the address of the LMA to register mobile nodes with |
|
xml |
xml(“<mobileNodes/>”) |
MAG: mobile-node policy profiles, one per access interface, e.g. <mobileNodes> <mobileNode accessInterface=”wlan0” id=”mn1@example.com” homeNetworkPrefix=”2001:db8:1::” prefixLength=”64”/> </mobileNodes> (accessInterface may be omitted to match any access interface) |
|
double |
3600s |
lifetime requested in Proxy Binding Updates |
|
double |
3600s |
MAG: valid lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
double |
1800s |
MAG: preferred lifetime of the advertised home network prefix |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
path to the Ipv6RoutingTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
how the ICMPv6 checksum is handled |
|
bool |
true |
when false, MLD is inert on this node (see above) |
|
double |
10s |
host: delay before the repeated Report after a join |
|
int |
2 |
loss tolerance; only supplies the defaults of the three params marked (RV) below |
|
double |
125s |
querier: interval between periodic General Queries |
|
double |
10s |
querier: max delay a host may wait before answering a General Query |
|
double |
(robustnessVariable * queryInterval) + queryResponseInterval |
querier: how long a group stays “has listeners” without a new Report (RV) |
|
double |
queryInterval / 4 |
querier: interval between the initial General Queries at startup |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of General Queries sent at startup (RV) |
|
double |
1s |
querier: interval between the group-specific Queries sent after a Done |
|
int |
robustnessVariable |
querier: number of group-specific Queries sent after a Done (RV) |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“passed up: {numPassedUp} pks\nsent: {numSent} pks{udpDroppedText}” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
The path to the InterfaceTable module |
||
string |
“declared” |
||
bool |
true |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
14 * this.mss |
In bytes, corresponds with the maximal receiver buffer capacity (Note: normally, NIC queues should be at least this size) |
|
bool |
false |
Delayed ACK algorithm (RFC 1122) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
true |
Nagle’s algorithm (RFC 896) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Limited Transmit algorithm (RFC 3042) enabled/disabled (can be used for TcpReno/TcpTahoe/TcpNewReno/TcpNoCongestionControl) |
|
bool |
false |
Increased Initial Window (RFC 3390) enabled/disabled |
|
bool |
false |
Selective Acknowledgment (RFC 2018, 2883, 3517) support (header option) (SACK will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
bool |
false |
Window Scale (RFC 1323) support (header option) (WS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
-1 |
Window Scaling Factor given as a shift count. Valid values are 0..14, and -1 for automatic selection (it chooses the smallest shift count that makes advertisedWindow representable in 16 bits) |
|
bool |
false |
Timestamps (RFC 1323) support (header option) (TS will be enabled for a connection if both endpoints support it) |
|
int |
536 |
Maximum Segment Size (header option). Default 536 per RFC 1122. |
|
int |
120s |
Maximum Segment Lifetime |
|
string |
“TcpReno” |
||
int |
3 |
Used for TcpTahoe, TcpReno, and SACK (RFC 3517) DO NOT change unless you really know what you are doing |
|
int |
0xFFFFFFFF |
Initial value for Slow Start threshold used in TahoeRenoFamily. The initial value of ssthresh SHOULD be set arbitrarily high (e.g., to the size of the largest possible advertised window) Without user interaction there is no limit… |
|
double |
0s |
Extra time after lifecycle stop operation finished |
|
double |
2s |
Timeout value for lifecycle stop operation |
|
bool |
false |
True if willing to use ECN |
|
double |
0.0625 |
A fixed estimation gain for calculating dctcp_alpha (RFC 8257 4.2) |
|
bool |
false |
Path MTU Discovery (RFC 1191, RFC 1981) enabled/disabled |
|
double |
600s |
Time after which the original MSS is restored to probe for increased path MTU (RFC 1191, Section 6.3) |
|
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
|||
string |
|||
string |
“declared” |
||
int |
3 |
||
double |
3s |
||
double |
1s |
||
double |
60s |
||
double |
0.125 |
||
double |
0.250 |
||
int |
4 |
||
string |
“maxBurst” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
int |
5 |
||
int |
8 |
||
double |
200ms |
||
int |
2 |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
||
double |
10s |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
30s |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
int |
1468 |
||
int |
1452 |
Size of a message that has to be fragmented, i.e. maximum size of a fragment |
|
bool |
true |
||
string |
“SctpAlg” |
||
int |
0 |
RFC4960=0 |
|
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
0=Once after 3 Sacks; 1=once per RTT; 2=Switch off Fast Retransmit; 3=Always after 3 Sacks |
|
int |
0 |
ROUND_ROBIN=0 |
|
int |
65535 |
||
int |
3000 |
Limit for SWS |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
bool |
false |
For flow control |
|
int |
0 |
For flow control |
|
double |
0s |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
int |
0 |
||
int |
10 |
||
double |
1 |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
0s |
||
string |
“” |
||
string |
“0” |
SET_PRIMARY_ADDRESS=49156,ADD_IP_ADDRESS=49153,DELETE_IP_ADDRESS=49154 |
|
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
100000000 |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
double |
1.0s |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“normal” |
||
string |
“none” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“none” |
||
double |
0.5 |
||
bool |
true |
||
double |
2.0 |
||
string |
“standard” |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“off” |
CMT Congestion Control Variant off = use over every path the default RFC4960 CC (New Reno) lia = First resource pooling congestion control RFC6356 adapted for SCTP - https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/rfc6356/ olia = alternative MPTCP CC, adapted for SCTP- https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-khalili-mptcp-congestion-control-05 cmtrpv1 = First resource pooling based CC for SCTP - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/AINA2010.pdf cmtrpv2 = Updated version of cmtrpv1 - https://www.tdr.wiwi.uni-due.de/fileadmin/fileupload/I-TDR/SCTP/Paper/ConTEL2011.pdf |
|
string |
“” |
||
bool |
false |
||
bool |
false |
||
int |
1 |
||
string |
“” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Set by StandardHost. |
||
bool |
false |
||
string |
“NewReno” |
Sets the congestion control algorithm (NewReno or No). |
|
bool |
true |
For NewReno in Congestion Avoidance, if true, increases cwnd after cwnd-acked bytes; if false, increases cwnd on every acked packet by acked_bytes/cwnd. |
|
int |
64MB |
Sets the limit of the send queue in bytes. |
|
double |
.4 |
Defines the send queue low water mark relative to the limit. |
|
int |
15MB |
Connection level flow control credit. Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
int |
6MB |
Stream level flow control credit for any stream (unidirectional, bidirectional local and remote). Used as own and peer’s value. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxData |
Defines when MaxDataFrame in ConnectionFlowControl will be send. |
|
double |
0.5*initialMaxStreamData |
Defines when MaxStreamDataFrame in StreamFlowControl will be send. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, FlowControlResponder rounds consumedData in streamRcvBuffer to the next packetSize. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, a MAX_(STREAM)_DATA frame is sent immediately, after generation. Otherwise, sending the frame is delayed until the sending process starts due to another event. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, bundles ack for non-ack-eliciting packets in an outgoing packet. |
|
int |
2 |
Number of ack eliciting packets a receiver waits for, before it sends an ACK, immediately. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, an ACK frame is sent immediately upon an ack-eliciting packet with the I-Bit set. |
|
bool |
false |
If true, uses DPLPMTUD (RFC8899) to determine the PMTU. |
|
int |
65535B |
With useDplpmtud, it is used as upper limit for the PMTU search. Without useDplpmtud, the PMTU is set to the minimum of the MTU of the outgoing interface and this value. |
|
int |
0 |
Specifies the minimum PMTU to use (if 0, it uses 1200 B for IPv4 or 1280 B for IPv6 as minimum PMTU). |
|
int |
3 |
Specifies the number of probe packet sent for one candidate before given up. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, uses ICMP Packet Too Big (PTB) messages for DPLPMTUD. |
|
string |
“OptBinary” |
Specifies the sequence of candidates used for the search algorithm of DPLPMTUD (Up, Down, OptUp, Binary, OptBinary, Jump). |
|
bool |
false |
Specifies whether to skip a packet number for a DPLPMTUD probe packet in order to avoid ack delay. |
|
int |
0 |
If 0, no parallel probe packets; if 1, uses the availbale cwnd to send additional probe packets and if 2 prefers to send probe packets over other packets. |
|
bool |
true |
If false, waits for DPLPMTUD switching initially to SEARCH before start sending application data. |
|
bool |
true |
If true, activates the PMTU Validator that trys to detect when the current PMTU estimation is larger than the actual PMTU. |
|
int |
2 |
Specifies the number of lost data packets before assuming a decreased PMTU. |
|
double |
-1s |
Specifies the time threshold between two lost packets. If negative, pmtuValidatorSrttFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If pmtuValidatorTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by SRTT is used instead. |
|
int |
1 |
If 0, disabled. If 1, the PMTU validator uses persistent congeation as signal for a decreased PMTU. If 2, only two consecutive persisten congestions used as signal. If 3, … |
|
double |
0s |
Specifies after which time with no acks, packets with reduced size are sent. If zero, packet size reduction is disabled. If negative, reducePacketPtoFactorThreshold is used instead. |
|
int |
3 |
If reducePacketTimeThreshold is negative, this number multiplied by PTO is used instead. |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
string |
“processed {numProcessedPackets} pk ({processedTotalLength})” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
|
string |
Module path to the InterfaceTable ↗ module |
||
bool |
true |
||
bool |
true |
||
object |
{} |
Maps network interface names to connected submodule names (e.g. {“eth0”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned network interfaces, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ethernetmac”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned services, ? overrides default |
|
object |
{} |
Maps protocols to connected submodule names (e.g. {“ipv4”: “bridging”}), overrides automatically learned dispatching; * overrides all learned protocols, ? overrides default |
|
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“rec: %n pks” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.verbose |
bool |
true |
Whether to log packets on the module output |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.recordEmptyPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if zero length packets are recorded or not |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.enableConvertingPackets |
bool |
true |
Specifies if converting packets to link type is allowed or not |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.pcapFile |
string |
“” |
The PCAP file to be written, suggested value: pcapFile = “${resultdir}/${configname}-#${runnumber}” + fullpath() + “.pcap” |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.fileFormat |
string |
“pcapng” |
|
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.snaplen |
int |
65535 |
Maximum number of bytes to record per packet |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.timePrecision |
int |
6 |
Time precision in recorded file. pcap supports only 6 (usec) or 9 (nanosec), pcapng supports more values (see ‘if_tsresol’ option in pcapng file format). |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpBadFrames |
bool |
true |
Enable dump of frames with hasBitError |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.sendingSignalNames |
string |
“transmissionEnded” |
Space-separated list of outbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.receivingSignalNames |
string |
“receptionEnded” |
Space-separated list of inbound packet signals to subscribe to |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.dumpProtocols |
string |
“ethernetmac ppp ieee80211mac” |
Space-separated list of protocol names as defined in the Protocol class |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.packetFilter |
object |
“*” |
Which packets are considered, matches all packets by default |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.helpers |
string |
“” |
Usable PcapRecorder::IHelper helpers for accept packettype and store/convert packet as specified linktype |
car.cellularNic.pcapRecorder ↗.alwaysFlush |
bool |
false |
Flush the pcapFile after each write to ensure that all packets are captured in case of a crash |
car.cellularNic.handoverPacketHolder.sessionType |
string |
The type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): the IP types parse the uplink datagram’s header for the modules after this one, the others carry the payload as is |
|
car.cellularNic.ip2nic.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
car.cellularNic.ip2nic.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.rrc.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point, asked for a bearer on a lookup miss |
car.cellularNic.ip2nic.isNr |
bool |
false |
True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb, or in the ini for a DC master eNB) |
car.cellularNic.ip2nic.hasSdap |
bool |
false |
When true, SDAP handles DRB/RLC assignment; Ip2Nic skips traffic classification |
car.cellularNic.ip2nic.sessionType |
string |
“” |
UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe), which the payload the NIC delivers up is of; set by the NIC |
car.cellularNic.ip2nic.establishBearersOnDemand |
bool |
true |
When false, a packet that finds no established bearer raises an error instead of establishing one (static bearers are established up front; see the staticDrbs parameter of BearerConfigurator) |
car.cellularNic.ip2nic.d2dBinderModule |
string |
“d2dBinder” |
The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state |
car.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
car.cellularNic.rrc.registration.interfaceName |
string |
“cellular” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.registration.routingTableModule |
string |
||
car.cellularNic.rrc.registration.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.registration.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), told about a multicast group join |
car.cellularNic.rrc.registration.sessionType |
string |
“” |
UE only: the type of the UE’s session (see LteUe): a UE created during the run gets an IPv4 default route through the NIC only on an IP session, and the NIC of an Ethernet session is an Ethernet port; set by the NIC |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
To reach a peer’s BearerManagement on RLF |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point (see Rrc), which a torn-down bearer’s DRB identity goes back through |
double |
0s |
RRC re-establishment cell-selection timer (0 => release-to-IDLE) |
|
double |
0.1s |
RRC re-establishment (request -> complete) timer |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.headerCompressedSize |
int |
-1B |
Removed, an error if set: header compression is configured per bearer (the rohc field of BearerConfigurator’s bearer definitions) |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.pdcp.LtePdcpEntity” |
PDCP entity types: the full PDCP entity is a compound (PdcpEntityBase, TX+RX sides plus the leg split/join stage of a multi-leg bearer); the instantiable types are its subclasses (LtePdcpEntity, NrPdcpEntity). At a DC secondary a bearer’s PDCP lives at the master, so the secondary installs an PdcpRelayEntity (tunnels PDUs to/from the master) in its place. |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpRelayEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.pdcp.PdcpRelayEntity” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.dualConnectivityEnabled |
bool |
false |
Set by the NIC; two-leg (split-capable) bearers |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcTmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.RlcTmEntity” |
RLC entity types (compound modules): lteRlc* = LTE-FI bearers (TS 36.322), nrRlc* = NR bearers (SI/SO wire format, TS 38.322) |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcUmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcUmEntity” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.lteRlcAmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.LteRlcAmEntity” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcUmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcUmEntity” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcAmEntityModuleType |
string |
“simu5g.stack.rlc.NrRlcAmEntity” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.registrationModule |
string |
“^.registration” |
Module references for accessing other stack layers |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.drbTableModule |
string |
“^.drbTable” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.ip2nicModule |
string |
“^.^.ip2nic” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
Attachment-ledger push target (UE only) |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.pdcpMux” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.pdcpDcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.pdcpDcMux” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.d2dModeControllerModule |
string |
“^.d2dModeController” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.rlcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.rlcMux” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrRlcMuxModule |
string |
“^.^.nrRlcMux” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.nrMacModule |
string |
“^.^.nrMac” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.sdapModule |
string |
“^.^.sdap” |
Configuration push target; unresolvable (no SDAP on the NIC) = no pushes |
car.cellularNic.rrc.bearerManagement.qosFlowClassifierModule |
string |
“^.^.qosFlowClassifier” |
Uplink QFI rule push target; unresolvable (not a UE stack with SDAP) = no pushes |
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerConfiguratorModule |
string |
“bearerConfigurator” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.coreControlModule |
string |
“coreControl” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.bearerManagement” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserModule |
string |
“^.^.^.relay.gtpUser” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gtpUserX2Module |
string |
“^.^.^.gtpUserX2” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.macNodeId |
int |
The base station’s node id; the NIC sets it from the node’s |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.connectionControl.gateway |
string |
“” |
The node’s core network gateway, as its gateway parameter names it; ignored at a node not connected to a core network (a secondary node) |
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.dynamicCellAssociation |
bool |
false |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.enableHandover |
bool |
false |
Allows handovers in the UE |
bool |
Whether this instance is associated with the NR or the LTE stack |
||
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macNodeId |
int |
MacNodeId of the stack leg this controller belongs to (set by the NIC) |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.sessionType |
string |
The type of the session the UE requests at connection setup (see LteUe), set by the NIC |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverLatency |
double |
50ms |
Handover duration |
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverDetachmentTime |
double |
handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency/2 : 25ms |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverAttachmentTime |
double |
handoverLatency > 0s ? handoverLatency-handoverDetachmentTime : handoverDetachmentTime |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssiDefault |
bool |
true |
Whether minRssi is taken from PhyPisaData instead of the minRssi parameter |
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.minRssi |
double |
-99.0dB |
Configurable minimum threshold RSSI for attaching to an eNB (meaningful only if minRssiDefault==false) |
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hysteresisFactor |
double |
10 |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.bearerManagement” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.handoverPacketHolderModule |
string |
“^.^.handoverPacketHolder” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.feedbackGeneratorModule |
string |
“^.^.dlFbGen” |
TODO or “^.^.nrDlFbGen” |
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.otherConnectionControlModule |
string |
“” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.nrConnectionControl.hasCollector |
bool |
false |
True when node has a collector module (ueCollector/nrUeCollector) for this PHY module |
car.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.modeSelectionPeriod |
double |
1s |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.d2dBinderModule |
string |
“d2dBinder” |
The network’s D2dBinder, which holds the D2D state |
car.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.macModule |
string |
“^.^.mac” |
|
car.cellularNic.rrc.d2dModeSelection.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.connectionControl” |
The node’s control-plane entry point, which knows the UEs handing over |
car.cellularNic.rlcMux.bearerManagementModule |
string |
“^.rrc.bearerManagement” |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.isNr |
bool |
false |
True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe/NrNicEnb on their PHY submodule) |
car.cellularNic.phy.macNodeId |
int |
MacNodeId of the stack leg this PHY belongs to (set by the NIC) |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.ueTxPower |
double |
26dBm |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.eNodeBTxPower |
double |
46dBm |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.microTxPower |
double |
30dBm |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.txDirection |
string |
“OMNI” |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.txAngle |
double |
0deg |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
car.cellularNic.phy.channelModelModule |
string |
“^.channelModel[0]” |
Set to “^.nrChannelModel[0]” on an NR leg, see NrNicUe |
car.cellularNic.phy.connectionControlModule |
string |
“^.rrc.connectionControl” |
|
car.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.macModule |
string |
“^.mac” |
|
car.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pdcpModule |
string |
“^” |
|
car.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.rlcModule |
string |
“^” |
|
car.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.isNrObserver |
bool |
false |
|
car.cellularNic.packetFlowObserver.pfmType |
string |
“PacketFlowObserverUe” |
|
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.isNr |
bool |
false |
True for the NR leg (set by NrNicUe on the nrDlFbGen submodule) |
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.macNodeId |
int |
MacNodeId of the stack leg this generator belongs to (set by the NIC) |
|
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.feedbackType |
string |
“ALLBANDS” |
Can be ALLBANDS, PREFERRED, WIDEBAND |
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.rbAllocationType |
string |
“localized” |
Resource allocation type (“distributed” or “localized”) |
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.fbPeriod |
int |
6tti |
Period for Periodic feedback in TTI |
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.fbDelay |
int |
1tti |
Time interval between sensing and transmission in TTI |
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.usePeriodic |
bool |
true |
Whether periodic feedback is used in addition to aperiodic feedback |
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.initialTxMode |
string |
“SINGLE_ANTENNA_PORT0” |
Initial txMode (see LteCommon.h) |
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.binderModule |
string |
“binder” |
|
car.cellularNic.dlFbGen.phyModule |
string |
“^.phy” |
|
car.macTable ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“addr: %a\nvlan: %v” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.macTable ↗.agingTime |
double |
120s |
|
car.macTable ↗.forwardingTable |
object |
[] |
|
car.macTable ↗.forwardingTableFile |
string |
“” |
|
car.macTable ↗.interfaceTableModule |
string |
||
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“created %p pk (%l)” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetNameFormat |
string |
“%a-%c” |
See directives in module documentation |
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetRepresentation |
string |
“byteCount” |
Determines the chunk of the packet data |
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetProtocol |
string |
“unknown” |
|
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetLength |
int |
||
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.packetData |
int |
-1 |
|
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.attachCreationTimeTag |
bool |
true |
|
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.attachIdentityTag |
bool |
true |
|
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.attachDirectionTag |
bool |
true |
|
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.clockModule |
string |
“” |
Relative path of a module that implements IClock; optional |
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.initialProductionOffset |
double |
-1s |
Initial duration before which packets are not produced. When negative, then produce packet in initialize() |
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.productionInterval |
double |
Elapsed time between subsequent packets pushed to the connected packet consumer |
|
car.unstructuredApp.source ↗.scheduleForAbsoluteTime |
bool |
true |
When a clock is used, “relative” means that setting the clock will not affect the simulation time of the event |
car.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.displayStringTextFormat |
string |
“received %p pk (%l)” |
Determines the text that is written on top of the submodule, supports displaying pars, watches, and module-specific information |
car.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.clockModule |
string |
“” |
Relative path of a module that implements IClock; optional |
car.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.initialConsumptionOffset |
double |
0s |
Initial duration before which packets are not consumed |
car.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.consumptionInterval |
double |
0s |
Elapsed time between subsequent packets allowed to be pushed by the connected packet producer, 0 means any number of packets can be pushed at the same simulation time |
car.unstructuredApp.sink ↗.scheduleForAbsoluteTime |
bool |
true |
When a clock is used, “relative” means that setting the clock will not affect the simulation time of the event |
car.unstructuredApp.io.interfaceTableModule |
string |
Relative module path of the interface table |
|
car.unstructuredApp.io.interface |
string |
“cellular” |
The name of the cellular NIC’s interface |
Source code¶
//
// Two ~eNodeB cells on a shared EPC ~PgwStandard, joined by an X2 link, with a
// router and a server behind the core. The cars are ~LteCar nodes created at run
// time by the VeinsInetManager from a SUMO road traffic simulation, so the car[]
// vector is empty in the topology itself.
//
network Highway
{
parameters:
double playgroundSizeX @unit(m); // X size of the area the nodes are in (in meters)
double playgroundSizeY @unit(m); // Y size of the area the nodes are in (in meters)
double playgroundSizeZ @unit(m); // Z size of the area the nodes are in (in meters)
@display("bgb=732,483");
submodules:
routingRecorder: RoutingTableRecorder {
@display("p=50,75;is=s");
}
configurator: Ipv4NetworkConfigurator {
@display("p=50,125;is=s");
}
//# Veins manager module
veinsManager: VeinsInetManager {
@display("p=50,325;is=s");
}
//# LTE modules
channelControl: LteChannelControl {
@display("p=50,25;is=s");
}
binder: Binder {
@display("p=50,175;is=s");
}
d2dBinder: D2dBinder {
@display("p=50,425;is=s");
}
coreControl: CoreControl {
@display("p=50,375;is=s");
}
bearerConfigurator: BearerConfigurator {
@display("p=50,225;is=s");
}
carrierAggregation: CarrierAggregation {
@display("p=50,275;is=s");
}
server: StandardHost {
@display("p=660,136;is=n;i=device/server");
}
router: Router {
@display("p=561,135;i=device/smallrouter");
}
pgw: PgwStandard {
@display("p=462,136;is=l");
}
eNodeB1: eNodeB {
@display("p=156,136;is=vl");
}
eNodeB2: eNodeB {
@display("p=391,313;is=vl");
}
//# submodule vector to store all cars - will be filled dynamically during simulations
car[0]: LteCar;
connections allowunconnected:
server.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> router.pppg++;
router.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> pgw.dnPppg;
pgw.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> eNodeB1.ppp;
pgw.pppg++ <--> Eth10G <--> eNodeB2.ppp;
//# X2 connections
eNodeB1.x2++ <--> Eth10G <--> eNodeB2.x2++;
}